annotate DESpecs/DESpecs_text.tex @ 10:d7b79f6537bb

Version vom 2009-02-14
author Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
date Thu, 02 May 2013 11:08:12 +0200
parents 2531dd8fe4ba
children f9a6b8344c3a
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1 %!TEX TS-program = xelatex
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2 %!TEX encoding = UTF-8 Unicode
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
3 %!TEX root = ../DESpecs.tex
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
4
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
5 \section{File Conventions}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
6 \label{section file conventions}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
7
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
8 \begin{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
9 Save the text in plain text format (§.txt§) with Unicode §utf-8§ encoding. If the text is saved in more than one file, number the parts, for example §Euclid_part_001.txt§, §Euclid_part_002.txt§, and so on. Create a §zip§ archive from all files.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
11 We will also need the list of unknown characters (see \sect{section unknown characters}). If the list is handwritten, scan it and save it as PDF file.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
12 \end{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
13
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
14
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
15 \section{General Markup}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
16
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
17 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
18 \subsection{Pages}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
19
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
20 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
21 Type the entire contents of one page, then go on to the next page. Do not mix the contents of different pages.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
22 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
23
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
24 \subsubsection{Page Breaks, Page Numbers and Running Heads}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
25 \label{section page breaks}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
26
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
27 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
28 Page breaks are marked by §<pb>§. If the page has a page number, type it within the §<pb>§ tag, e.g. §<pb 6>§. Type the page number exactly as it appears in the book. If there is a running head on the page, it is marked by §<rh>§ and §</rh>§. Type the running head immediately after the §<pb>§ tag.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
29 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
30
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
31 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
32 Insert a blank line before each §<pb>§ tag.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
33 The position of the page number, e.g. at the top or bottom of the page, will not be encoded. Type the §<pb>§ and §<rh>§ tags before you type any content of the page. Do not type spaces within words. If there is a horizontal line below the running head, do not type it.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
34 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
35
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
36 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, arabic page number]{montag_mark_pagenumber_runninghead.jpg}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
37 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
38 \bold{<pb} 2\bold{><rh>}GEOMET. ELEMENT. EVCLIDIS\bold{</rh>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
39 $unt ӕquales. 16 Et hic quidem punctus, centrum circuli dicitur.\bold{</p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
40 \untranscribedText
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
41 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
42 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
43
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
44 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
45 For §$§ and §æ§ see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. For ligatures, e.g. {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} ct}, see \sect{section latin ligatures}. §</p>§ marks the end of a paragraph (\sect{section paragraphs}). For spaces before and after punctuation marks see \sect{section latin punctuation}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
46 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
47
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
48 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
49 The §<p>§ for the beginning of the paragraph is on the previous page.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
50 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
51
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
52 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
53 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, roman page number]{montag_roemische_seitenzahl}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
54 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
55 \bold{<pb} vij\bold{><rh>_}PREFACE.\bold{_</rh>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
56 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
57 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
58
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
59 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
60 For §_ _§ see \sect{section italics}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
61 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
62
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
63
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
64 \subsubsection{Catchwords and Signatures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
65 \label{section catchwords and signatures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
66
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
67 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
68 Do not type catchwords or signatures.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
69 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
70
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
71 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
72 In most cases, catchwords and signatures are at the bottom of the page.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
73 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
74
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
75 \begin{sampleImage}{catchword_signature_neu}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
76
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
77 \notTranscribed
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
78
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
79 The left rectangle contains the signature (§Ec 2§) and the right rectangle the catchword (§Volo§).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
80 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
81
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
82
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
83 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
84 \subsection{Text Blocks}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
85
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
86 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
87 Type a return after each line of the printed page.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
88 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
89
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
90 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
91 Do not insert a space at the end of the line.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
92 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
93
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
94 \subsubsection{Headings}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
95 \label{section headings}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
96
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
97 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
98 Headings are marked by §<h>§ and §</h>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
99 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
100
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
101 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
102 All headings are tagged in the same way, regardless of the font size. Do not type spaces within words. If the text is centered, this will not be encoded.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
103 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
104
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
105 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=.7\linewidth}{montag_headings_euclid_233}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
106 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
107 \bold{<h>}EUCLIDIS \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
108 ELEMENTORUM \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
109 LIBER DECIMUS.\bold{</h>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
110 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
111 or alternatively, if you are unsure whether each line is a separate heading:
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
112 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
113 \bold{<h>}EUCLIDIS\bold{</h>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
114 \bold{<h>}ELEMENTORUM\bold{</h>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
115 \bold{<h>}LIBER DECIMUS.\bold{</h>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
116 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
117 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
118
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
119
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
120 \subsubsection{Paragraphs}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
121 \label{section paragraphs}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
122
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
123 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
124 Paragraphs are marked by §<p>§ and §</p>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
125 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
126
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
127 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
128 Make sure that for each §<p>§ there is a corresponding §</p>§ somewhere.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
129 If the first line of the paragraph is indented, this will not be encoded. If the text is centered, this will not be encoded either.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
130 %A change in the font style, for example a line in italics, may indicate a new paragraph. TODO: Probably this rule will not apply very often. Leave it out? Put it somewhere else? (it occurs in the example in \sect{Structural markup general example})
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
131 \end{clarification}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
132
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
133 \begin{sampleImage}{paragraph}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
134 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
135 \untranscribedText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
136 \bold{<p>}Secunda cau$a e$t, quia quoduis graue corpus, aut per naturam, aut per vim mo- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
137 tum, rectitudinem itineris naturaliter appetat, quod clarè cogno$cere po$$umus, \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
138 proijciendo lapides funda, & circunducentes brachium, nam funes tanto maius \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
139 pondus acquirunt, & manum tanto magis onerant, quanto velocius voluitur funda, \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
140 & incitatur motus, quod ab appetitu naturali in$ito ei corpori per lineã rectam pro- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
141 grediendi procedit. Vnde fit, vt pondus circunferentiæ ip$ius rotæ, tanto facilius cir- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
142 cunuoluatur, & ex $eip$o tanto longiori tempore moueatur, quanto longius di$tat à \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
143 centro, cum eius iter tanto minus $it curuum. Hanc igitur ob cau$am, rota, quanto \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
144 maior erit, eiu$\bs´q; pondus tanto magis vicinum circunferentiæ, tanto magis durabit \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
145 impetus motus a$$umptus.\bold{</p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
146 \untranscribedText
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
147 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
148 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
149
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
150 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
151 For §à§ and §ã§ see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}. For §\´q§ see \sect{section other diacritics}. See also the example in \sect{Structural markup general example}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
152 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
153
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
154 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
155 Headings (\sect{section headings}) are marked by §<h>§~§</h>§ instead of §<p>§~§</p>§. Block quotations (\sect{section block quotations}) are marked by §<q>§~§</q>§ instead of §<p>§~§</p>§. The §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags should not be used in marginal notes (\sect{section marginal notes}) or footnotes (\sect{section footnotes}).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
156 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
157
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
158
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
159 \subsubsection{Block Quotations}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
160 \label{section block quotations}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
161
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
162 \begin{mainrule}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
163 A block quotation is marked by §<q>§ and §</q>§. Do not type repeating quotation symbols.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
164 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
165
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
166 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
167 The §<q>§ and §</q>§ replace the §<p>§ and §</p>§ tags.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
168 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
169
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
170 \begin{sampleImage}{quotation_2.jpg}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
171 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
172 \bold{<p>}Nec non vbi ita inquit.\bold{</p>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
173 \bold{<q>}Et $i (modo credimus) vnum\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
174 I$$e diem $ine Sole ferunt, incendia lumen\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
175 Præbebant.\bold{</q>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
176 \bold{<p>}Quod autem à Patre in$truatur etiam de cur$u annuali,\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
177 videbitur vbi ita dicit.\bold{</p>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
178 \bold{<q>}Nitor in aduer$um, nec me, qui cætera vincit.\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
179 Impetus, & rapido contrarius euehor orbi.\bold{</q>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
180 \bold{<p>}Et vbi ita loquitur.\bold{</p>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
181 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
182 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
183
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
184 %\bold{<q>}Lucifer, & cœli $tatione novui$$imus exit.\bold{</q>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
185 %\bold{<p>}Nec non vbi ita inquit.\bold{</p>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
186 %\bold{<q>}Et $i (modo credimus) vnum\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
187 %I$$e diem $ine Sole ferunt, incendia lumen\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
188 %Præbebant.\bold{</q>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
189 %\bold{<p>}Quod autem à Patre in$truantur etiam de cur$u annuali,\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
190 %videbitur vbi dicit.\bold{</p>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
191 %\bold{<q>}Nitor in aduer$um, nec me, qui cætera vincit.\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
192 %Impetus, & rapido contrarius euehor orbi.\bold{</q>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
193 %\bold{<p>}Et vbi ita loquitur.\bold{</p>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
194 %\bold{<q>}For$itan & lucos illic, vrbes\bs'q; Deorum.\bold{</q>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
195
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
196 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
197 For inline quotations within a paragraph, type the quotation marks exactly as they appear in the text.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
198 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
199
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
200 \subsubsection{Footers}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
201
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
202 \begin{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
203 If you can identify a paragraph as a footer, use §<h>§ and §</h>§ instead of §<p>§ and §</p>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
204 \end{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
205
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
206 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
207 §<h>§ and §</h>§ is the tag for headings (\sect{section headings}).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
208 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
209
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
210 \begin{sampleImage}{mkbsp_footer_benedetti.jpg}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
211 %TODO proofread
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
212 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
213 \bold{<p>}\someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
214 quem quidem tractatum cum quibu$dam alijs meis $peculationibus in lucem prode\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
215 re cupio, $i fieri poterit, antequam ad directionem mei Horo$copi cum corpore\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
216 Martis An\li{ae}ret\li{ae} perueniam, qu\li{ae} quidem directio circa annum mille$imum quin-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
217 gente$imum nonage$imum $ecundum eueniet.\bold{</p>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
218 \bold{<h>}FINIS.\bold{</h>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
219 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
220
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
221 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
222
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
223 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
224 For §{ae}§ see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
225 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
226
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
227
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
228 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
229 \subsection{Columns}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
230 \label{section columns}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
231
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
232 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
233 Columns are marked by §<col>§ and §</col>§. Assign a number to each column and type it in the §<col>§ tag.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
234 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
235
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
236 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
237 Type the §<col>§ and §</col>§ tags on separate lines.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
238 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
239
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
240 \mehrzeilen
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
241
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
242 \begin{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
243
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
244 \begin{tabular}{@{}llll}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
245 \htsc{Example 1: \, a real page} &&& \htsc{Example 2: \, how to type columns} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
246 \includegraphics[scale=0.6]{wholepagecolumns2} &&
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
247 \multicolumn{2}{l}{\includegraphics[scale=0.63]{three_columns}} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
248 \parbox[t]{4.5cm}{\small \vspace{1mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
249 \notTranscribed \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
250 Note that the page number and the running head are not part of a column.}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
251 &&&
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
252 \parbox[t]{4cm}{ \vspace{-3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
253 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
254 \bold{<col 1>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
255 \bold{<p>}This is one \\ column ...\bold{<p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
256 \bold{</col>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
257 \bold{<col 2>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
258 \bold{<p>}This is \\ another \\ column.\bold{<p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
259 \bold{</col>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
260 \bold{<col 3>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
261 \bold{<p>}And there \\ might be \\ yet another \\ column.\bold{<p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
262 \bold{</col>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
263 \end{typeLatin}}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
264 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
265
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
266 \end{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
267
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
268 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
269 If there is no running text in the columns, they may be not be separate columns, but a table (\sect{section tables}). If in doubt, check the example there.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
270 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
271
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
272
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
273 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
274 \subsection{Tables}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
275 \label{section tables}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
276
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
277 \subsubsection{Nomenclature}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
278 \label{section tables overview}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
279
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
280 %\begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{bettertable2}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
281 \includegraphics[width=14cm]{bettertable8}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
282
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
283 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
284 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
285 %\end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
286
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
287 %\bold{<toc it>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
288 %\bold{_}CH\bold{<sc>}APITRE\bold{</sc>} I.\bold{_} Où l'on en$eigne comme $e fait la pou$$ée des \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
289 %\bold{#} Voutes, & où l'on raporte quelques principes tirés de la mé- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
290 %\bold{#} canique pour en faciliter l'intelligence \bold{#} 2 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
291 %\bold{_}C\bold{<sc>}HAP\bold{</sc>}. II. \bold{_}De la maniere de calculer l'épai$$eur des Pié-droits \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
292 %\bold{#} des Voutes en plain ceintre pour e$tre en équilibre par leur ré- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
293 %\bold{#} $i$tance avec la pou$$ée qu'ils ont à $oútenir. \bold{#} 10 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
294 %\bold{</toc>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
295
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
296 \vspace{-10mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
297 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
298 A transcription of this table can be found in \sect{section large vertical table elements}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
299 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
300
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
301 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
302 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
303 In the context of tables, the term “column” refers to a vertical division in the table. The usage is different from the usage in \sect{section columns}. To avoid confusion, we will use the terms “table column” and “text column” in this section.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
304 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
305
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
306 \subsubsection{Basic Rule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
307 \label{section tables basic rule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
308
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
309 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
310 A table is marked by §<tb>§ and §</tb>§. Use §#§ as cell separators. Type a return after each row. Do not type horizontal or vertical lines or large horizontal or vertical braces.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
311 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
312
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
313 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
314 Type the §<tb>§ and §</tb>§ tags on separate lines. Do not treat the table columns as text columns (\sect{section columns}), i.e. do not type a whole column before you go on to the next column. If the whole table is in italics (\sect{section italics}), indicate this in the §<tb>§ tag, i.e. §<tb it>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
315 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
316
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
317 \begin{sampleImage}{table_benedetti_439_2}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
318
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
319 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
320 \bold{<tb it>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
321 \bold{<col 1>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
322 Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
323 3 \bold{#} 29 \bold{#} æqualis \bold{#} æquali \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
324 8 \bold{#} 35 \bold{#} maius \bold{#} maior \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
325 9 \bold{#} 15 \bold{#} in vnitate $uperficialis, erit ac \bold{#} in vnitate $upreficialis erit, ac \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
326 11 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} proueuiens \bold{#} prouenientem \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
327 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
328 \bold{</col>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
329 \bold{<col 2>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
330 Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
331 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} ver$a \bold{#} ver$am \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
332 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} $it \bold{#} $int \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
333 162 \bold{#} 22 \bold{#} cindenda \bold{#} $cindenda \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
334 163 \bold{#} 7 \bold{#} oppo$itus \bold{#} oppo$itum \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
335 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
336 \bold{</col>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
337 \bold{</tb>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
338 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
339
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
340 %If you are unsure whether the table consists of independent columns or not, use cell separators instead:
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
341 If you are unsure whether the table in the example is divided into two text columns or not, use cell separators instead of §<col>§ tags:
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
342
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
343 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
344 \bold{<tb it>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
345 Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \bold{#} Pag. \bold{#} Lin. \bold{#} Errata \bold{#} Correcta \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
346 3 \bold{#} 29 \bold{#} æqualis \bold{#} æquali \bold{#} 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} ver$a \bold{#} ver$am \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
347 8 \bold{#} 35 \bold{#} maius \bold{#} maior \bold{#} 158 \bold{#} 26 \bold{#} $it \bold{#} $int \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
348 \untranscribedText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
349 \bold{</tb>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
350 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
351
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
352 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
353
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
354 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
355 For §it§ see \sect{section italics}. The symbol §#§ is also used to mark large spaces in table-like structures (see \sect{section table-like structures}).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
356 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
357
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
358
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
359 \subsubsection{Large Horizontal Table Elements}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
360 \label{section large horizontal table elements}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
361
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
362 % (Column, row, field, cell, part. It would make sense to reserve the word “column” for normal columns, especially since the first example of a table now consists of two columns. Change the example back to two tables? Use table columns versus (text) columns? Or change the word? Table element $\to$ table cell, table cell $\to$ table column/row/part.)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
363
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
364 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
365 Rule 1: In the case of a table element that horizontally spans more than one table cell, repeat the symbol §#§ before the table element for each cell spanned by the element, e.g. §####§ for an element spanning four cells.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
366 \end{mainrule}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
367
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
368 \begin{clarification}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
369 Do not type spaces between the §#§ symbols in this case. This rule applies even if the spanning element is the first element in a table row.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
370 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
371
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
372 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
373 In all other cases there should be a space before and after each §#§ symbol.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
374 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
375
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
376 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
377 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
378 Rule 2: Within table cells, if text is broken into separate lines, do not type a return after the lines. Instead, type §\\§ to separate the lines.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
379 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
380
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
381 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
382 \begin{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
383 Rule 3: If a table element spans the whole table width, type it as header/footer with §<h> </h>§ (without §#§, and do not use §\\§, but new lines).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
384 \end{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
385
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
386
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
387 %\vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
388 %\begin{example}[: \, Ghetaldi p. 79]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
389
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
390 \begin{sampleImage}{ghetaldi_p79_tabelle}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
391
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
392 %find shorter example, and include image!
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
393
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
394 %\begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
395 %\bold{<tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
396 %\bold{#######} Tabula ad inueniendam qualitatem \bold{\bs\bs} Auri, ex grauitate quam ha- \bold{\bs\bs} bet in aere & aqua. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
397 %Qualitas Auri. \bold{#} Grauitas Auri in aere. \bold{####} Grauitas Auri in Aqua. \bold{#} Mi$t\~u ex Arg. \bold{\bs\bs} & ære. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
398 %Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{#} Vnc. \bold{#} Scrup. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num. Fract. \bold{#} Part. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
399 %24 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 20. \bold{#} 372 \bold{#} 0 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
400 %23 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 5. \bold{#} 765 \bold{#} 1 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
401 %\someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
402 %1 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 10. \bold{#} 18. \bold{#} 16. \bold{#} 576 \bold{#} 23 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
403 %0 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 10. \bold{#} 18. \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 969 \bold{#} 24 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
404 %Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{###} Communis Denomin. fract. \bold{#} 1767 \bold{#} Part. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
405 %\bold{</tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
406 %\bold{<tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
407 %\bold{###} Tabella Partis pro \bold{\bs\bs} portionalis Deno- \bold{\bs\bs} minatorum Auri. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
408 %Pars proportio \bold{\bs\bs} nalis Auri in \bold{\bs\bs} partibus. 24. \bold{##} Differ\~etia Gra \bold{\bs\bs} uitatum Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aqua. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
409 %Part. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num: Fract. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
410 %1 \bold{#} 0. \bold{#} 1088 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
411 %2 \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 409 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
412 %\someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
413 %23 \bold{#} 14. \bold{#} 286 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
414 %24 \bold{#} 14. \bold{#} 1374 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
415 %Part. \bold{##} Denom. Fract. com. \bold{\bs\bs} 1767 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
416 %\bold{</tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
417 %\end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
418
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
419 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
420 \bold{<tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
421 \bold{<h>}Tabula ad inueniendam qualitatem \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
422 Auri, ex grauitate quam ha- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
423 bet in aere & aqua.\bold{</h>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
424 Qualitas \bold{\bs\bs} Auri. \bold{#} Grauitas Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aere. \bold{####} Grauitas ... aqua. \bold{#} Mi$t\~u ... ære. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
425 Part. \bold{#} Lib. \bold{#} Vnc. \bold{#} Scrup. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num. Fract. \bold{#} Part. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
426 24 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 20. \bold{#} 372 \bold{#} 0 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
427 23 \bold{#} 1 \bold{#} 11. \bold{#} 8. \bold{#} 5. \bold{#} 765 \bold{#} 1 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
428 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
429 \bold{</tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
430 \bold{<tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
431 \bold{<h>}Tabella Partis pro \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
432 portionalis Deno- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
433 minatorum Auri.\bold{</h>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
434 Pars proportio \bold{\bs\bs} nalis Auri in \bold{\bs\bs} partibus. 24. \bold{##} Differ\~etia ... aqua. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
435 Part. \bold{#} Gran. \bold{#} Num: Fract. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
436 1 \bold{#} 0. \bold{#} 1088 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
437 2 \bold{#} 1. \bold{#} 409 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
438 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
439 \bold{</tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
440 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
441
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
442 %Qualitas \bold{\bs\bs} Auri. \bold{#} Grauitas Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aere. \bold{####} Grauitas Auri in aqua. \bold{#} Mi$t\~u ex Arg. \bold{\bs\bs} & ære. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
443 %Pars proportio \bold{\bs\bs} nalis Auri in \bold{\bs\bs} partibus. 24. \bold{##} Differ\~etia Gra \bold{\bs\bs} uitatum Auri \bold{\bs\bs} in aqua. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
444 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
445
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
446
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
447 \subsubsection{Large Vertical Table Elements}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
448 \label{section large vertical table elements}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
449
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
450 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
451 %Rule 2: If a table cell spans more than one row, type its complete content in the first row and mark it as an empty cell in the remaining rows. In the first row, type §\\§ to separate the lines of text.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
452 Rule 4: If a table element vertically spans more than one cell, type its content in its uppermost cell.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
453 %Mark each cell that belongs to the table element by §\\§ at the end.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
454 %If the text in one cell continues in a cell below, type §\\§ at the end.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
455 Mark each additional cell that belongs to this table element by~§"§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
456 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
457
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
458 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
459 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=6cm}{ghetaldi_table}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
460
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
461 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
462 \bold{<tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
463 Diametri \bold{\bs\bs} magnitu- \bold{\bs\bs} do. \bold{####} Aureæ $pheræ \bold{\bs\bs} grauitas. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
464 \bold{" #} Lib. \bold{#} Vn. \bold{#} Scru. \bold{#} Gra. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
465 \bold{\{} 1/4 \bold{\}} \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 2 \bold{#} \bold{\{} 29/37 \bold{\}} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
466 \bold{\{} 1/2 \bold{\}} \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 16 \bold{#} 6 \bold{\{} 10/37 \bold{\}} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
467 \bold{\{} 3/4 \bold{\}} \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 2 \bold{#} 6 \bold{#} 21 \bold{\{} 6/37 \bold{\}} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
468 1 \bold{#} 0 \bold{#} 5 \bold{#} 10 \bold{#} 2 \bold{\{} 6/37 \bold{\}} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
469 \bold{</tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
470 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
471 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
472
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
473 \vspace{-5mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
474 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
475 For fractions such as §{ 1/4 }§ see \sect{section fractions}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
476 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
477
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
478 %\begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
479 %Still use §\\§ to separate the lines of text within a cell.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
480 %Make sure that the entire content of each table element is typed.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
481 %\end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
482
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
483 %or: in any row, i.e. where it makes sense, similar to marginal notes?
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
484 %Type the marginal note on separate lines, starting after the line it is closest to.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
485
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
486 % (Is this rule too complex? Or: Will we be inundated with incorrect applications of this rules?)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
487
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
488 %(replace this by a real example as soon as we know what we want!)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
489
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
490 %%\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
491 %%\hline
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
492 %%A & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{E1} & B \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
493 %%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
494 %%C1 & E2 & D \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
495 %%%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
496 %%C2 & E3 & \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
497 %%\hline
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
498 %%\end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
499 %%
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
500 %%\begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
501 %%<tb> \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
502 %%A # E1 \bs\bs E2 \bs\bs E3 # B \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
503 %%C1 \bs\bs C2 # # D \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
504 %%# # \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
505 %%</tb> \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
506 %%\end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
507
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
508 %\begin{example}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
509
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
510 %%\vspace{-2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
511 %%\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
512 %%\hline
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
513 %%A & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{} & B \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
514 %%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
515 %%C1 & $\frac{E1}{E2}$ & D \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
516 %%%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
517 %%C2 & E3 & \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
518 %%\hline
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
519 %%\end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
520
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
521 %\vspace{-2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
522 %\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
523 %\hline
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
524 %A & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{} & B \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
525 %\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
526 %C1 & ${E1 \atop E2}$ & D \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
527 %%\cline{1-1} \cline{3-3}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
528 %C2 & E3 & \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
529 %\hline
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
530 %\end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
531
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
532 %%\begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
533 %%\bold{<tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
534 %%A \bold{#} \bold{#} B \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
535 %%C1 \bold{\bs\bs} C2 \bold{#} E1 \bold{\bs\bs} E2 \bold{#} D \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
536 %%\bold{#} \bold{#} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
537 %%\bold{</tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
538 %%\end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
539
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
540 %%How about this?
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
541
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
542 %%\begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
543 %%\bold{<tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
544 %%A \bold{#} \bold{#} B \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
545 %%C1 \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} E1 \bold{\bs\bs} E2 \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} D \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
546 %%C2 \bold{#} E3 \bold{#} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
547 %%\bold{</tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
548 %%\end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
549
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
550 %\begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
551 %\bold{<tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
552 %A \bold{#} E1 \bold{\bs\bs} E2 \bold{\bs\bs} E3 \bold{#} B \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
553 %C1 \bold{\bs\bs} C2 \bold{# " #} D \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
554 %\bold{" # " # "} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
555 %\bold{</tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
556 %\end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
557
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
558 %\end{example}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
559
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
560 %%Or even this?
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
561
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
562 %%\begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
563 %%\bold{<tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
564 %%A \bold{#} \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} B \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
565 %%C1 \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} E1 \bold{\bs\bs} \bold{#} D \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
566 %%C2 \bold{#} E2 \bold{#} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
567 %%\bold{</tb>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
568 %%\end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
569
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
570 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
571 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
572 %If the columns contain running text, they may not be a table, but text columns (\sect{section columns}). If in doubt, check the example there.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
573 If the table elements vertically span the whole table and contain running text, they may not be table elements, but text columns (\sect{section columns}). If in doubt, check the example there.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
574 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
575
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
576
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
577 % Probably even more examples of tables and non-tables, for instance the ones from the “Special Instructions for Tables”. MH: wird zu lang
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
578
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
579 % Rule about large curly braces? MH: nein
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
580
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
581
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
582 %\subsection{specific types of tables}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
583 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
584 \subsection{Table-Like Structures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
585 \label{section table-like structures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
586
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
587 \subsubsection{Indexes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
588 \label{section indexes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
589
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
590 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
591 An index is marked by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ for large spaces. Type a return after each row.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
592 %If you can identify a table as an index, mark it by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ as separator between text and reference.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
593 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
594
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
595 % Ob sie für jede Seite einen getrennten Index machen, sollen sie slebst entscheiden.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
596
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
597
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
598 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1]{width=10cm}{bacon_253}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
599
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
600 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
601 \bold{<ind it>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
602 Caterpillars \bold{#} \bold{_}153\bold{_} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
603 Cements that grow hard \bold{#} \bold{_}183\bold{_} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
604 Chalk, a good compo$t, \bold{_}122, 123\bold{_}. Good for \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
605 \bold{#} Pa$ture, as well as for Arable \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
606 Chameleons, \bold{_}80\bold{_}. Their nouri$hment, \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
607 \bold{#} A fond Tradition of them \bold{#} \bold{_}ibid\bold{_}. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
608 \bold{</ind>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
609 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
610 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
611
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
612 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
613 Within a structure in italics, the §_ _§ denote single words in upright type (see also \sect{section italics}).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
614 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
615
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
616 \begin{sampleImage}[2]{gallac_91}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
617
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
618 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
619 \bold{<ind>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
620 \bold{<col 1>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
621 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
622 Diligenz $overchia, quale. \bold{#} 49 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
623 Diminuzione di gro$$ozze, come deb- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
624 \bold{#} ba condur$i. \bold{#} 56 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
625 \bold{_}Diocleziano\bold{_} . Sue Terme. \bold{#} 51 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
626 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
627 \bold{</col>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
628 \bold{<col 2>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
629 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
630 Errori di que$to genere, cagione di \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
631 \bold{#} tutti gli errori. \bold{#} 18. 19 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
632 \bold{#} Provvedimenti dei Romani con- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
633 \bold{#} tro a que$ti errori. \bold{#} 19 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
634 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
635 \bold{</col>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
636 \bold{</ind>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
637 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
638 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
639
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
640
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
641 \subsubsection{Tables of Contents}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
642 \label{section tables of contents}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
643
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
644 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
645 A table of contents is marked by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ for large spaces.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
646 %, for example between section names and page numbers.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
647 Type a return after each row.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
648 %If you can identify a table as a table of contents, mark it by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ as separator between section names and page numbers.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
649 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
650
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
651 %\begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
652 %(How toc's can be recognized?)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
653 %\end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
654
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
655 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1]{width=12cm}{zubler_43_2}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
656
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
657 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
658 \bold{<toc it>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
659 Cap. 1. \bold{#} De Chorographia generatim: quid $it, & que ad eam In-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
660 \bold{#} strumenta poti{$s}imùm requi$ita, \bold{#} pag 1. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
661 II. \bold{#} De In$trumenti fabricâ, \bold{#} 2 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
662 III. \bold{#} De Triangulis, omnium dimen$ionum fundamento, \bold{#} 5 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
663 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
664 \bold{</toc>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
665 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
666 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
667
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
668
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
669 \begin{sampleImage}[2]{belidor_683}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
670
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
671 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
672 \bold{<toc it>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
673 \bold{_}CH\bold{<sc>}APITRE\bold{</sc>} I.\bold{_} Où l'on en$eigne comme $e fait la pou$$ée des \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
674 \bold{#} Voutes, & où l'on raporte quelques principes tirés de la mé- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
675 \bold{#} canique pour en faciliter l'intelligence \bold{#} 2 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
676 \bold{_}C\bold{<sc>}HAP\bold{</sc>}. II. \bold{_}De la maniere de calculer l'épai$$eur des Pié-droits \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
677 \bold{#} des Voutes en plain ceintre pour e$tre en équilibre par leur ré- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
678 \bold{#} $i$tance avec la pou$$ée qu'ils ont à $oútenir. \bold{#} 10 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
679 \bold{</toc>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
680 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
681 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
682
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
683
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
684 \subsubsection{Large Spaces}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
685
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
686 %Do not type dots or lines that only serve as placeholders.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
687
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
688 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
689 If a normal paragraph contains at least one large space, mark the paragraph by §#§ (i.e. §<p #>§) and mark each large space in the paragraph by §#§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
690 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
691
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
692 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
693 Before you use §<p #>§, make sure the paragraph is not part of a table, an index or a table of contents. In some texts the spaces after periods (“.”) is slightly larger than normal spaces; do not mark this.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
694 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
695
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
696 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2]{width=12cm}{Pappus_large_spaces}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
697
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
698 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
699 \bold{<p #>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
700 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
701 extrema ad axes \bold{#} angulorum, continent autem hunc propo$itiones \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
702 ferè exi$tentes vna multa, & varia theoremata, & linearum, & $uperficie- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
703 rum, & $olidorum omnia $imul vna demon$tratione, & quæ nondum de- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
704 mon$trata $unt, & quæ \bold{#} & in duodecimo libro horum elemento- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
705 \someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
706 \bold{</p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
707 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
708 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
709
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
710
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
711
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
712
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
713
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
714 %\subsubsection{Tables of Contents}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
715
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
716 %\begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
717 %%A table of contents marked by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ as separator between section names and page numbers. Type a return after each row.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
718 %If you can identify a table as a table of contents, mark it by §<toc>§ and §</toc>§. Use §#§ as separator between section names and page numbers.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
719 %\end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
720
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
721 %\begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
722 %(How toc's can be recognized?)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
723 %\end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
724
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
725 %Example!
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
726
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
727 %
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
728 %\subsubsection{Indexes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
729
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
730 %\begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
731 %%An index is marked by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ as separator between text and reference. Type a return after each row.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
732 %If you can identify a table as an index, mark it by §<ind>§ and §</ind>§. Use §#§ as separator between text and reference.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
733 %\end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
734
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
735 %Oder: large spaces in the text, statt die Bestandteile genau anzugeben.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
736
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
737 %\begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
738 %(How indexes can be recognized?)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
739 %\end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
740
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
741 %Example!
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
742
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
743 %
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
744 %\subsubsection{Other Structures With Leading}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
745
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
746 %Introduce a generic tag for leading: §<lead> # </lead>§ or so.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
747
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
748 %Does that make sense? Up to now, I did not explain leading, but they were supposed to grasp the concept through the examples. Here I would have to explain it.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
749
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
750 %Alternative: Section “Leading”, where leading is explained, with example. Then: toc's and indexes.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
751
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
752 %One (weird) example would be Biancani 1635, p.195.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
753
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
754 %Another semi-weird example: modern-style quotations. Alternatively in the block quotation section, or no rule at all.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
755
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
756 %*
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
757
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
758 %Do we need a rule for lists? I guess not; in European texts it can either be typed as normal text, or it is a table, or it is a structure with leading. “Lists” would be a nice section title than “Other Structures With Leading”, though. But would it fit?
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
759
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
760 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
761 \subsection{Notes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
762
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
763 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
764 Handwritten notes (\sect{section handwritten notes}) are not transcribed.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
765 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
766
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
767 \subsubsection{Marginal Notes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
768 \label{section marginal notes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
769
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
770 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
771 A note in the left margin is marked by §<mgl> </mgl>§, and a note in the right margin is marked by §<mgr> </mgr>§. Type the marginal note on separate lines, starting after the line it is closest to.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
772 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
773
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
774 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
775 Do not mark paragraphs within a marginal note, i.e. do not use §<p> </p>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
776 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
777
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
778 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
779 For anchored marginal notes see \sect{section anchored marginal notes}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
780 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
781
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
782 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
783 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, marginal notes in the left and right margins]{montag_mark_marginalnote_coimbricenses_232}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
784
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
785 \notTranscribed
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
786
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
787 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
788 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
789
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
790 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, transcribing a marginal note]{mkbsp_marginalnote_big_benedetti.jpg}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
791
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
792 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
793 Si ad aliquã rectã lineã * compare\bs\tld{}t parallelogrãm\bs\tld{}u, defici\bs\tld{}es forma\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
794 \bold{<mgr>}παραβληθῆ, \bold{_}ap\bold{_} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
795 \bold{_}ponatur, appli-\bold{_} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
796 \bold{_}cetur\bold{_</mgr>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
797 quadrata, ip$um cõparat\bs\tld{}u æqu\bs\tld{}u e$t ei quod (cõtine\bs\tld{}t) $ub $egm\bs\tld{}etis\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
798 rect\li{ae} line\li{ae}, qu\li{ae} ex ip$a cõparatione $unt facta.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
799 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
800 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
801
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
802
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
803 \subsubsection{Footnotes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
804 \label{section footnotes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
805
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
806 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
807 Footnotes are marked by §<fn>§ and §</fn>§. Type the footnote where it appears on the page. Insert the footnote symbol or number in the §<fn>§ tag. The corresponding footnote symbol in the main text is marked by §<n>§. Insert the footnote symbol or number in the §<n>§ tag.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
808 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
809
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
810 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
811 Ignore the superscript of the footnote symbol. Use §<n>§ in the main text only if you can identify the symbol as a footnote symbol and if there is a corresponding §<fn> </fn>§ tag somewhere. Do not mark paragraphs within a footnote, i.e. do not use §<p> </p>§. Do not type horizontal lines.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
812 \end{clarification}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
813
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
814 \begin{tabelle}[: \, common footnote symbols]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
815 \begin{tabular}{llcccccc} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
816 symbol && * & † & ‡ & \§ & ‖ & ¶ \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
817 Unicode && \xs{U+002A} & \xs{U+2020} & \xs{U+2021} &\xs{U+00A7} & \xs{U+2016} & \xs{U+00B6} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
818 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
819 \end{tabelle}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
820
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
821 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
822 \begin{sampleImage}{montag_footnote2_euclid_264}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
823 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
824 \bold{<col 1>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
825 \bold{<h><n} *\bold{>} LEMMA.\bold{</h>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
826 \bold{<p>}Si fuerint tres rectæ lineæ in ratione aliqua,\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
827 erit ut prima ad tertiam ita rectangulum conten-\bold{</col>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
828 \bold{<col 2>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
829 \bold{<h>}* ΛΗΜΜΑ.\bold{</h>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
830 \bold{<p>}Εὰν ὦ\li{στι} τρ\li{εῖ}ς εὐθ\li{εῖ}\li{αι} \li{ἐν} λόγῳ \li{τι}νὶ, ἔ\li{σται} ὡς \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
831 ἡ \li{πρ}ώ\li{τη} \li{πρ}ὸς τ\li{ὴν} τ\li{ρί}\li{την} \li{οὕ}τως \li{τὸ} \li{ὑπὸ} τῆς\bold{</col>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
832 \bold{<fn} *\bold{>}Lemma hoc non agno$cunt \bold{_}Codd. MSS.\bold{_</fn>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
833 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
834 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
835
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
836 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
837 For Greek ligatures see \sect{section greek ligatures}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
838 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
839
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
840 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
841 If the footnote continues on the next page, close the first part with §</fn>§ before you go on to the next page. Mark the second part on the next page with new §<fn> </fn>§ tags.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
842 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
843
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
844
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
845 \subsubsection{Anchored Marginal Notes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
846 \label{section anchored marginal notes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
847
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
848 \begin{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
849 An anchored marginal note is marked by §<mgl> </mgl>§ or §<mgr> </mgr>§ according to its position and typed on separate lines starting after the line it is closest to (just like a normal marginal note). In addition, the anchor is treated like a footnote symbol, i.e. it is marked by §<n>§ in the main text and it is typed inside the §<mgl>§ or §<mgr>§ tag.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
850 \end{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
851
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
852 \begin{sampleImage}{montag_mark_anchor_marg_} % Euclid of Clavius 1607, p.795
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
853 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
854 \bold{<p it>}\someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
855 circumferentiam datæ rectæ A, æqualem e$$e. Cùm enim $it, vt E,\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
856 ad A, ita B D, ad F G; hoc est, \bold{<n} a\bold{>} ita tota diameter circuli B C, ad\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
857 \bold{<mgr} a\bold{>}15.\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
858 \bold{_}quinti\bold{_}.\bold{</mgr>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
859 totam diametrum circuli F H: Sit autem vt diameter ad diametrum,\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
860 ita circumferentia B C, ad circumferentiam F H, vt Pappus demon- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
861 \someText\bold{</p>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
862 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
863 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
864
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
865
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
866
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
867 \refstepcounter{subsubsection}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
868 \label{section anchored comments}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
869
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
870
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
871
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
872
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
873 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
874 \subsection{Printed Images}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
875
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
876 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
877 Treat handwritten figures in the same way as handwritten notes (\sect{section handwritten notes}), i.e. simply mark them by §<hd>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
878 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
879
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
880
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
881 \subsubsection{Figures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
882 \label{section figures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
883
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
884 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
885 Where a figure occurs in the text, type §<fig>§ on a separate line. If you can identify a caption of the figure, mark it by §<cap> </cap>§. Additional text that describes parts of the figure is marked by §<desc> </desc>§. Use a single §<var> </var>§ tag for variable names and numbers. Type a closing §</fig>§ tag on a separate line after all §<cap>§, §<desc>§ and §<var>§ tags.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
886 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
887
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
888 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
889 Type all §<cap>§, §<desc>§ and §<var>§ tags, in this order, on separate lines.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
890 %Type the caption on a separate line after <fig>.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
891 A figure may have more than one description.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
892 %Type each description on a separate line after <fig> and <cap>.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
893 If the same description is repeated in a figure, type it only once.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
894 %If the caption or a description is vertical, ignore this and type it as normal horizontal text.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
895 Separate the variable names and numbers in the §<var> </var>§ by spaces.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
896 %If there are variable names or numbers in the figure, type them all in a single §<var> </var>§ tag.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
897 Type §<fig/>§ instead of §<fig>§ and §</fig>§ to mark simple figures without §<cap>§, §<desc>§ or §<var>§ tags.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
898 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
899
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
900 %(The rule that a caption may be typed above or below the §<fig>§ tag has disappeared.)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
901
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
902 %(§</fig>§ makes sense only if there is at least one §<cap>§, §<desc>§ or §<var>§, so it would sometimes be used and sometimes not. Is this really a good idea? Check if there was any confusion with complex figures!)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
903
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
904 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
905 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1: \, a simple figure without caption, descriptions or variables]{width=7cm}{fig_sans_3}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
906 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
907 \bold{<p>}\someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
908 montre que vous placeriéz en cette façon \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
909 $ur une boule.\bold{</p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
910 \bold{<fig/>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
911 \bold{<p>}Sous cette \bold{_}cornée\bold{_}, e$t \bold{_}l'iris\bold{_}, autre membrane, \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
912 \someText\bold{<p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
913 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
914 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
915
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
916 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
917 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2: \, a figure with a caption]{width=12cm}{montag_imagewcaption}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
918 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
919 \bold{<p>}\someText \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
920 $e$quipedem, circumagito, ut altera pars æquè cale$cat ab igni.\bold{</p>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
921 \bold{<fig>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
922 \bold{<cap it>}Paruus Vncus ferreus.\bold{</cap>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
923 \bold{</fig>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
924 \bold{<p>}Præterea $i quando mi$tura $atis plumbi non habuerit, addito cum forci \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
925 \someText\bold{</p>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
926 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
927 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
928
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
929 \begin{sampleImage}[3: \, figures with variables]{imageleftandright_4}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
930 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
931 \bold{<h it>}Euclid. ex Zamb. Theorema 68. Propo$itio 92.\bold{</h>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
932 \bold{<p>}Si areola comprehen$a fuerit $ub rationali & apotome $ecunda\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
933 \bold{<mgr>}92\bold{</mgr>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
934 quæ areolam pote$t, mediæ apotome e$t prima.\bold{</p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
935 \bold{<fig>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
936 \bold{<var>}λ @ ο @ ν @ σ ξ χ @ τ μ\bold{</var>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
937 \bold{</fig>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
938 \bold{<p it>_}THEON\bold{_} ex Zãb. Areola nãq; α β, \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
939 \bold{<fig>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
940 \bold{<var>}α @ @ ζ @ γ @ @ @ @\bold{</var>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
941 \bold{</fig>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
942 cõpreh\bs\tld{}edatur $ub ratiõali α γ, \& 2 a- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
943 potome α δ. Dico \li{quod} quæ α β, arcolam\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
944 pote$t, mediæ apotome e$t prima. E$to\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
945 enim (p 79 decimi) ip$i α δ cõgru\bs\tld{}es δ\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
946 \someText\bold{</p>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
947 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
948 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
949
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
950 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[4: \, figure with descriptions and variables]{width=8cm}{voltaire_156}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
951 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
952 \bold{<fig>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
953 \bold{<desc>}Violet\bold{</desc>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
954 \bold{<desc>}Pourpre\bold{</desc>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
955 \bold{<desc>}Bleu\bold{</desc>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
956 \bold{<desc>}Verd\bold{</desc>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
957 \bold{<desc>}Jaune\bold{</desc>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
958 \bold{<desc>}Orange\bold{</desc>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
959 \bold{<desc>}Rouge\bold{</desc>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
960 \bold{<var>}A B C\bold{</var>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
961 \bold{</fig>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
962 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
963 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
964
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
965
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
966 \subsubsection{Drop Caps}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
967 \label{section drop caps}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
968
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
969 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
970 Type a drop cap as an ordinary capital letter.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
971 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
972
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
973 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
974 Do not use a §<fig>§ tag (\sect{section figures}) for ornamental drop caps.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
975 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
976
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
977 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
978 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, a simple drop cap]{montag_mark_dropcap_unorna}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
979 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
980 \bold{<p>}FErunt Ari$tipp\bs~u tempe$tate maris ad incognita littora delatum, cum in are-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
981 na vidi$$et qua$dã figuras geometricas delineatas exultant\bs\tld{}e l\li{ae}titia dixi$$e: Hæc\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
982 \someText\bold{</p>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
983 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
984 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
985
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
986 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, an ornamental drop cap]{montag_mark_dropcap_orna}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
987
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
988 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
989 \bold{<p>}LV\bold{<sc>}MEN\bold{</sc>} Lunæ etiam $i $it lumen reflexum Solis ab ip$a Luna, ab ea tamen\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
990 non ita reflectitur, vt à $uperficie polita $peculi, c\bs\tld{}u eius luminis tantã quã\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
991 titatem $uper ip$um corpus lunare videamus, & eo modo terminatã quo\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
992 con$picimus. per $e lumen, cau$a oculi e$t effectum, per accidens autem\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
993 puta quod vis. Terra deinde nunquam lunari lumine (quãuis $olaris reflexio exi$tat)\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
994 \someText\bold{</p>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
995 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
996 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
997
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
998 \vspace{-2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
999
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1000 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1001 §<sc>§ marks small caps; see \sect{section small caps}. See also the example in \sect{Structural markup general example}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1002 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1003
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1004
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1005 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1006 \subsection{Handwritten Notes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1007 \label{section handwritten notes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1008
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1009 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1010 Handwritten notes are marked by §<hd>§. Do not type the note itself.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1011 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1012
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1013 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1014 Type §<hd>§ on a separate line, after the line of the main text the note is closest to.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1015 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1016
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1017 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, a handwritten note]{bsp_handwrittenmargin_2}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1018
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1019 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1020 h. $upponendo igitur in puncto. g. pondus, aut virtutem mouentem unius libræ, & in\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1021 h. duarum librarum, ab$q; dubio hæ duæ uirtutes in huiu$modi di$tantijs à centro\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1022 \li{ae}quales inuic\bs\tld{}e er\bs\tld{}ut, ob rationes prioribus capitibus iam allatas, & $tatera orizontalis\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1023 \bold{<hd>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1024 manebit. Vnde clarum erit, \li{quod} quæuis etiam exigua virtus adiuncta ip$i. g. mouebit\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1025 $tateram extra orizontalem $itum. Nunc $i puncto. i. ex æquo medio inter. g. et. K.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1026 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1027 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1028
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1029 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, a handwritten note with a drawing]{mkbsp_handdrawing_euclid_515.jpg}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1030 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1031 \bold{<p>}\someText\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1032 ctè iuncta ad obtu$um angul\bs\tld{}u, à perp\bs\tld{}ediculari extrà depreh\bs\tld{}editur.\bold{</p>}\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1033 \bold{<hd>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1034 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1035
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1036 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1037
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1038 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1039 Example 2 contains a signature and a catchword (\sect{section catchwords and signatures}), which are ignored.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1040 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1041
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1042
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1043 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1044 \subsection{Unreadable Text}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1045 \label{section unreadable text}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1046
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1047 \subsubsection{Characters You are Unsure About}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1048 \label{section characters you are unsure about}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1049
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1050 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1051 If you are not sure about a character, type §<?>§ after it. If you are unsure about a whole paragraph, type §<?>§ directly after the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p><?>§. A completely unreadable character is typed as §@§. If it is unclear how many characters are unreadable, use §<gap>§ instead of §@§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1052 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1053
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1054 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1055 Use one §@§ for each unreadable character, e.g. §unr@@dable§. If in doubt, use §<gap>§, e.g. §unr<gap>dable§. If you are unsure about a group of characters, for example a whole word, do not type §<?>§ repeatedly for every character, e.g. type §word<?>§ rather than §w<?>o<?>r<?>d<?>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1056 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1057
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1058 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1059 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, a stain]{bsp_gaptag_circumcised}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1060 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1061 d & f ad quadratum f, ergo di$iunctim erit quadratum \bold{@} ad\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1062 quadratum f, ergo b ad e $icut d ad f, item per æquam pro-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1063 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1064
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1065 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1066
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1067 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, a paper crease]{mkbsp_helptag.jpg}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1068
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1069 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1070 fe$$ore: cui acceptum feras quicquid hîc aut ad Gr\li{ae}cum exem\bold{<?>}plar, aut alio-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1071 qui doctè re$titutum uideris. Adiecimus Phænomena, S\bold{@}ecularia, Pro-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1072 theoriam Marini, & Data, argumentorum $imilitudine ind\bold{<?>}ucti. Quum\li{\bs´que}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1073 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1074 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1075
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1076 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1077 For unknown rather than unreadable characters please refer to \sect{section unknown characters}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1078 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1079
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1080
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1081 \subsubsection{Unknown Characters}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1082 \label{section unknown characters}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1083
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1084 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1085 If there is an unknown character in the text, add it to the numbered list of unknown characters. From then on, type its number whenever it occurs in the text, e.g. §<001>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1086 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1087
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1088 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1089 Before you create a number for an unknown character, first check whether \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1090 (1)~it is a known ligature (Latin: \sect{section latin ligatures}, Greek: \sect{section greek ligatures}), \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1091 (2)~it is a known symbol (appendix \ref{appendix list of all symbols}), \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1092 (3)~it is in the list of characters to be typed directly (\sect{section characters to be typed directly}), \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1093 (4)~there is a standard for typing it (\sect{section other diacritics}), or \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1094 (5)~it is already on the list of unknown characters.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1095 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1096
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1097 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1098 If the character is indeed unknown: Assign the number §<001>§ to the first unknown character, §<002>§ to the second unknown character, and so on. Do not assign the same number twice. Use this number to type the unknown character. Always use the same number if the same unknown character occurs again.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1099 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1100
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1101 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1102 Make sure that for a given text there is a single list containing all unknown characters, and that everyone uses this list. When the text is sent back to us, we will need a copy of this list. (See also \sect{section file conventions}.)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1103 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1104
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1105 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1106 For unreadable rather than unknown characters please refer to \sect{section characters you are unsure about}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1107 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1108
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1109 \subsubsection{Obvious Mistakes in the Text}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1110 \label{section obvious mistakes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1111
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1112 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1113 If you have reason to believe that there is a mistake in the text, use §<!>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1114 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1115
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1116 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1117 Do not silently correct the mistake.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1118 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1119
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1120 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1121 \begin{example}[$\!$: \, wrong numbering of anchored marginal notes]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1122
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1123 \vspace{-5mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1124 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1125 \bold{<mgl} a\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1126 \bold{<mgl} b\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1127 \bold{<mgl} c\bold{>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1128 \bold{<mgl} e\bold{><!>} ... \bold{</mgl>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1129 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1130 \end{example}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1131
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1132
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1133 \section{Latin Alphabet}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1134
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1135 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1136 \subsection{General}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1137 \label{section latin general}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1138
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1139 \subsubsection{Punctuation}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1140 \label{section latin punctuation}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1141
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1142 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1143 Type a space after the punctuation marks § . , : ; ! ?§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1144 Type a space before the opening brackets § ( [ § and after the closing brackets § ) ] §
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1145 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1146
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1147 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1148 Ignore superfluous and missing spaces before and after punctuation marks and brackets.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1149 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1150
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1151 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1152 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, normal punctuation marks]{montag_punctuation}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1153 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1154 \bold{<p>}Exempli gratia, $umemus quadratum. 3. $cilicet 9. quod in $ummam cum qua-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1155 drato. 4. colligemus, nempè. 16. erit\bs'q; quadratum. 25. & ita quadratum. 6. hoc e$t.\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1156 36. collectum cum quadrato. 8. nempè. 64. efficiet quadratum. 100. ita etiam qua-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1157 dratum. 9. hoc e$t. 81. coniunctum quadrato. 12. nempè. 144. producet quadra- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1158 \someText\bold{</p>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1159 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1160 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1161
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1162 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, unusual punctuation marks]{punktuation_2}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1163 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1164 $cindendus pannus uel tela: num id $ine cultro uel forfice faciet? num con-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1165 $uet ullam ue$tem $ine acu? ne populus quidem tran$marinus pennarum\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1166 contextu corporis tegumentum faciet $ine \li{ij}$dem in$trumentis, nec pel-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1167 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1168 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1169
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1170
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1171 \subsubsection{Hyphens}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1172 \label{section hyphens}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1173
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1174 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1175 If the line ends with a hyphen, type it.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1176 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1177
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1178 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1179 Hyphens at the end of a line can have different shapes. Always type a normal hyphen § - § regardless of its actual shape in the text. %Do not insert a space at the end of the line.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1180 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1181
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1182 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1183 \begin{sampleImage}[1: \, normal hyphen]{hyphen_normal}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1184 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1185 Oportet autem arcum in maiore circulo datum non e$-
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1186 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1187 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1188
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1189 \begin{sampleImage}[2: \, slanted hyphen]{montag_hyphen_single_slanted}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1190 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1191 æqualia. 4 Et $i ab inæqualibus æqualia demas, quæ relinquun-
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1192 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1193 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1194
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1195 \begin{sampleImage}[3: \, slanted double hyphen]{hyphen_doppelt_schraeg}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1196 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1197 RENSIS CLARISSIMI PHILOSOPHI, MATHEMA-
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1198 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1199 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1200
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1201 \subsubsection{Dashes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1202 \label{section dashes}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1203
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1204 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1205 Type the en dash – and the em dash — directly as Unicode characters.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1206 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1207
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1208 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1209 The en dash – (U+2013) is longer than the normal hyphen. The em dash — (U+2014) is longer than the hyphen and the en dash.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1210 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1211
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1212 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1213 \subsection{Characters}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1214
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1215 \subsubsection{Characters to be Typed Directly}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1216 \label{section characters to be typed directly}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1217
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1218 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1219 If a character with diacritics can be easily typed and encoded as a single Unicode character, type it directly.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1220 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1221
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1222 \mehrzeilen[-2]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1223
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1224 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1225 \begin{liste}[: \, characters that can be typed directly]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1226
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1227 \vspace{-4mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1228 \begin{longtable}[l]{c@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }lc@{ }l}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1229 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with acute accent} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1230 á & \xs{(U+00E1)} & é & \xs{(U+00E9)} & í & \xs{(U+00ED)} & ó & \xs{(U+00F3)} & ú & \xs{(U+00FA)} && \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1231 Á & \xs{(U+00C1)} & É & \xs{(U+00C9)} & Í & \xs{(U+00CD)} & Ó & \xs{(U+00D3)} & Ú & \xs{(U+00DA)} && \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1232 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1233 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with grave accent} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1234 à & \xs{(U+00E0)} & è & \xs{(U+00E8)} & ì & \xs{(U+00EC)} & ò & \xs{(U+00F2)} & ù & \xs{(U+00F9)} && \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1235 À & \xs{(U+00C0)} & È & \xs{(U+00C8)} & Ì & \xs{(U+00CC)} & Ò & \xs{(U+00D2)} & Ù & \xs{(U+00D9)} && \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1236 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1237 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with circumflex accent} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1238 â & \xs{(U+00E2)} & ê & \xs{(U+00EA)} & î & \xs{(U+00EE)} & ô & \xs{(U+00F4)} & û & \xs{(U+00FB)} && \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1239 Â & \xs{(U+00C2)} & Ê & \xs{(U+00DA)} & Î & \xs{(U+00CE)} & Ô & \xs{(U+00D4)} & Û & \xs{(U+00DB)} && \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1240 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1241 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with umlaut/diaeresis} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1242 ä & \xs{(U+00E4)} & ë & \xs{(U+00EB)} & ï & \xs{(U+00EF)} & ö & \xs{(U+00F6)} & ü & \xs{(U+00FC)} & ÿ & \xs{(U+00FF)} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1243 Ä & \xs{(U+00C4)} & Ë & \xs{(U+00CB)} & Ï & \xs{(U+00CF)} & Ö & \xs{(U+00D6)} & Ü & \xs{(U+00DC)} & Ÿ & \xs{(U+0178)} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1244 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1245 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with tilde} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1246 ã & \xs{(U+00E3)} & õ & \xs{(U+00F5)} & ñ & \xs{(U+00F1)} &&& \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1247 Ã & \xs{(U+00C3)} & Õ & \xs{(U+00D5)} & Ñ & \xs{(U+00D1)} &&& \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1248 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1249 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Characters with cedilla} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1250 ç & \xs{(U+00C7)} &&&&& \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1251 Ç & \xs{(U+00E7)} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1252 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1253 \multicolumn{12}{l}{\s Common ligatures} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1254 æ & \xs{(U+00C6)} & œ & \xs{(U+0153)} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1255 Æ & \xs{(U+00E6)} & Œ & \xs{(U+0152)} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1256 \end{longtable}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1257 \end{liste}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1258
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1259 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1260 Type the character ſ (i.e. long s) as §$§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1261 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1262
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1263 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1264 The small letter i sometimes occurs without the dot above. Type it as a normal §i§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1265 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1266
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1267 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1268 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[$\!\!$: \, long s, dotless i]{height=8mm}{dotlessi_euclidclavius_13}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1269 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1270 o$tendit \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1271 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1272 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1273
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1274 \vspace{-3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1275 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1276 For the ligature §$t§ see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1277 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1278
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1279 \subsubsection{Other Diacritics}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1280 \label{section other diacritics}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1281
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1282 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1283 If a character cannot be typed directly but is a combination of a known character and a known diacritic, type \bs\,, then the diacritic, then the character.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1284 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1285
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1286 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1287 Use this method only if the character is not in the list in \sect{section characters to be typed directly}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1288 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1289
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1290 \begin{tabelle}[: \, how to type diacritics]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1291
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1292 \begin{tabular}{@{}ccc@{ }ccc@{}ccccc@{}}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1293 && circum- & umlaut/ && &&& dot\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1294 acute & grave & flex & diaeresis & tilde & cedilla &&& above & macron & breve \\[1mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1295 \hline &&&& &&&& \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1296 \'q & \`q & \^q & \"q & \~q & {\fontspec{Helvetica}{\c{e}}} &&& {\fontspec{Helvetica}{\.a}} & q̄ & ĕ \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1297 §\'q§ & §\`q§ & §\^q§ & §\"q§ & §\~q§ & §\,e§ &&& §\.a§ & §\=q§ & §\-e§ \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1298 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1299 \end{tabelle}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1300
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 \begin{example}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1302
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1303 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{aeqtildeles}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1304
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1305 \vspace{-3mm}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 \begin{typeLatin}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1307 æ\bs~qles
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 \end{typeLatin}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1309
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 \end{example}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1311
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1312 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1313 \k{e} (e with ogonek) and \r{q} (q with ring) are treated as ligatures; see \sect{section latin ligatures}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1314 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1315
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1316
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1317 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1318 \subsection{Type Styles}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1319
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1320 \subsubsection{Italics}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1321 \label{section italics}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1322
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 \begin{mainrule}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1324 Use underscores §_ _§ to mark the beginning and end of words or whole lines in italics. Encode only up to a few lines of text this way. A whole paragraph in italics is marked by §it§ in the §<p>§ tag, i.e. §<p it>§.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 \end{mainrule}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1326
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 \begin{clarification}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1328 This applies not only to paragraphs (\sect{section paragraphs}), but also to tables (\sect{section tables}), i.e. §<tb it>§, and pages (\sect{section page breaks}), i.e. §<pb it>§. If you use §it§, do not mark the lines with additional §_ _§ to indicate italics. However, within a §<p it>§ paragraph you can use §_ _§ to mark single words in upright type (see §_THEON_§ in example 2 in \sect{section figures}).
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 \end{clarification}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1330
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1331 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{scale=0.25}{montag_kursiv2}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1332 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1333 C\bold{<sc>}AMPANI\bold{</sc>} \bold{_}annotatio\bold{_}. Habito minimo, $i cura e$t
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1334 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1335 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1336
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1337
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1338 \subsubsection{Bold Face}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1339 \label{section bold face}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1340
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1341 \begin{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1342 Use §<bf> </bf>§ to mark bold face.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1343 \end{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1344
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1345 \begin{example}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1346
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1347 \vspace{-4mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1348 This is a \textbf{bold} statement.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1349
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1350 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1351 This is a \bold{<bf>}bold\bold{</bf>} statement.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1352 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1353 \end{example}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1354
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1355 \subsubsection{Small Caps}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1356 \label{section small caps}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1357
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1358 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1359 If you can identify capital letters as small caps, use §<sc> </sc>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1360 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1361
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1362 %\begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1363 %If the font size of the small caps differs from the rest of the paragraph, ignore this.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1364 %\end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1365
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1366 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1367 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{scale=0.2}{small_caps_euclid_515}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1368
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1369 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1370 \bold{<p>}C\bold{<sc>}AMPANVS\bold{</sc>}. Sit datus trigonus\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1371 a: cui nos uolumus æquum quadra-\\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1372 tum de$cribere. De$ignabo $uperfici\bs\tld{}e \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1373 \someText\bold{</p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1374 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1375
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1376 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1377
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1378 %\mehrzeilen
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1379
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1380 \subsubsection{Subscript and Superscript}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1381 \label{section subscript and superscript}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1382
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1383 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1384 Use §<_>§ and §</_>§ for subscript. Use §<^>§ and §</^>§ for superscript.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1385 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1386
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1387 \begin{example}[1: \, subscript]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1388
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1389 \vspace{-4mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1390 Assume that a$_1$ is negative.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1391 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1392 Assume that a\bold{<_>}1\bold{</_>} is negative.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1393 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1394 \end{example}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1395
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1396 \begin{example}[2: \, superscript]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1397
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1398 \vspace{-4mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1399 The square x$^2$ is always non-negative.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1400 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1401 The square x\bold{<^>}2\bold{</^>} is always non-negative.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1402 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1403 \end{example}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1404
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1405 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1406 Please be sure to distinguish between subscript and superscript.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1407 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1408
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1409 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1410 Numbers or other symbols in superscript may indicate a footnote (\sect{section footnotes}). Check whether there is a corresponding footnote somewhere.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1411 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1412
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1413 \subsubsection{Underlines and Overlines}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1414 \label{section underlines and overlines}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1415
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1416 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1417 Underlines, i.e. lines below characters or words, are marked by §<ul> </ul>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1418 Overlines, i.e. lines above characters or words, are marked by §<ol> </ol>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1419 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1420
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1421 % Examples (from the Formax questions: Cavalieri 1653: Special instruction was to use §{ 00 / }§ (p.0157) and §{ / 1 }§ (p.0354); now we tell them to use §<ol>§ and §<ul>§. But would this really be a good idea in a situation as in Cavalieri? The idea of overlines and underlines is that the letters look normal and there is simply a line added above or below the letters. In Cavalieri, however, the lines make the characters move up or down. $\to$ still a Special Instruction, and not a good example here.)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1422
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1423 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1424 \begin{example}[1: \, underlines]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1425
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1426 \vspace{-4mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1427 In this sentence, \underline{two words} are underlined.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1428
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1429 \vspace{-3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1430 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1431 In this sentence, \bold{<ul>}two words\bold{</ul>} are underlined. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1432 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1433 \end{example}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1434
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1435 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2: \, overlines]{height=8mm}{overlines}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1436
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 \begin{typeLatin}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1438 \bold{<ol>}DE\bold{</ol><^>}3\bold{</^>} ad \bold{<ol>}AC\bold{</ol><^>}3\bold{</^>}, ita Cohærentia \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1439 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1440 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1441
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1442 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1443 % Real overlines are rare in normal text.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1444 In mathematical formulas, an overline may also indicate a root (see \sect{section roots}).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1445 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1446
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1447
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1448 \subsubsection{Text in Red}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1449 \label{section text in red}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1450
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1451 \begin{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1452 Text in red is marked by §<red>§ and §</red>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1453 \end{mainruleLessImportant}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1454
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1455 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1456 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{red}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1457
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1458 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1459 \bold{<h it><red>}OMNES PERSPICVIS DEMONSTRA-\bold{</red>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1460 tionibus, accuratí$que $choli\li{is} illu$trati: nunc quartò editi, \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1461 ac multarum rerum acce\li{$s}ione post primam \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1462 editionem locupletati.\bold{</h>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1463 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1464 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1465
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1466 \subsubsection{Vertical Text}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1467
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1468 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1469 Type vertical text as you would type horizontal text. The vertical text is not explicitly marked as such.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1470 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1471
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1472 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1473 For an example of vertical text see the example in \sect{section large horizontal table elements}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1474 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1475
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1476
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1477 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1478 \subsection{Latin Ligatures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1479 \label{section latin ligatures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1480
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1481 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1482 Resolve easy ligatures silently. Resolve difficult ligatures too, but type §{§ and §}§ around them.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1483 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1484
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1485 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1486 Do not resolve æ and œ (see \sect{section characters to be typed directly}).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1487 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1488
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1489 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1490 \begin{liste}[ 1: \, easy ligatures]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1491
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1492 \begin{tabular}{@{}lccccccccccc}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1493 upright & \lig{ff} & \lig{fi} & \lig{fl} & \lig{ffi} & \lig{ffl} & \lig{ſſ} & \lig{ſi} & \lig{ſſi} & \lig{ſt} & \lig{st} & {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} \Large ct} \\[2mm] % siehe fontspec.pdf, Abschnitt "Ligatures"
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1494 italics & \lig{\textit{ff}} & \lig{\textit{fi}} & \lig{\textit{fl}} & \lig{\textit{ffi}} & \lig{\textit{ffl}} & \lig{\textit{ſſ}} & \lig{\textit{ſi}} & \lig{\textit{ſſi}} & \lig{\textit{ſt}} & \lig{\textit{st}} & {\fontspec[Ligatures=Rare]{Hoefler Text} \Large \textit{ct}} \\[2mm] % siehe fontspec.pdf, Abschnitt "Ligatures"
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1495 & §ff§ & §fi§ & §fl§ & §ffi§ & §ffl§ & §$$§ & §$i§ & §$$i§ & §$t§ & §st§ & §ct§ \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1496 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1497 \end{liste}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1498
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1499 \begin{liste}[ 2: \, difficult letter ligatures]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1500 \begin{tabular}{lllllllllll}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1501 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1502 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{ij_ligatur} & §{ij}§ &&
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1503 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{is_ligature} & §{is}§ &&
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1504 %\includegraphics[height=8mm]{ss_ligature} &
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1505 {\Large ß} & \textit{\Large ß} & §{$s}§
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1506 \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1507 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1508 \end{liste}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1509
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1510 %\newpage
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1511
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1512 \begin{liste}[ 3: \, difficult complex ligatures]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1513 \begin{longtable}[l]{lllllllllll}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1514 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{eogonek} & §{ae}§ \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1515 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{colnr} & §{con}§
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1516 \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1517 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{q3} & §{que}§
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1518 &
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1519 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{q3tilde} & §{quam}§
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1520 &&
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1521 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{qmitslash} & §{quis}§
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1522 &&
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1523 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{qmitkreis} & §{quo}§
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1524 \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1525 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{p} & §{pro}§
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1526 \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1527 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{longs_p_slash} & §{secundu}§
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1528 \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1529 \end{longtable}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1530 \end{liste}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1531
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1532 \begin{example}[1: \, words containing easy ligatures]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1533
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1534 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_fi} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1535 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_st} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1536 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_ct}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1537
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1538 \vspace{-3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1539 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1540 $cientificè \bold{_}stater\bold{_} effectibus
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 \end{typeLatin}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1542
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1543 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{bsp_ligst_benedetti_13} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1544 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longsi} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1545 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{bsp_ligss_benedetti_13} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1546 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_longssi}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1547
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1548 \vspace{-3mm}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 \begin{typeLatin}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1550 po$teris occa$ione e$$e Sereni$$imo
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 \end{typeLatin}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1552
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 \end{example}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1554
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1555 \begin{example}[2: \, words containing difficult ligatures]
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1556
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1557 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{accessione}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1558
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1559 \vspace{-3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1560 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1561 \bold{_}acce\li{$s}ione\bold{_}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1562 \end{typeLatin}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1563
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1564 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_que} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1565 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{duoque} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1566 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{neulig_quod} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1567 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{queogonek} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1568 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{continuo} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1569 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{probo} \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1570 \includegraphics[height=8mm]{longsm_secundum}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1571
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1572 \vspace{-3mm}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 \begin{typeLatin}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1574 utriu$\li{que} duo'\li{que} \li{quo}d qu\li{ae} \li{con}tinuo \li{pro}bo \li{secundu}m
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1575 \end{typeLatin}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1576
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1577 \end{example}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1578
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1579
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1580 \section{Greek Alphabet}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1581
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1582 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1583 \subsection{Characters}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1584
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1585 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1586 Type Greek characters directly as Unicode characters.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1587 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1588
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1589 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1590 Type characters with diacritics as precomposed characters from the Unicode Greek Extended block, i.e. §ἀ§ as the Unicode character U+1F00, etc.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1591 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1592
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1593 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1594 \subsection{Punctuation}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1595 \label{section greek punctuation}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1596
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 \begin{mainrule}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1598 The rules for Latin punctuation apply. In addition, type the mid-dot §·§ directly.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1599 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1600
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1601 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1602 For the Latin punctuation see \sect{section latin punctuation}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1603 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1604
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1605 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1606 The mid-dot §·§ (Greek ano teleia) has the Unicode codepoint U+0387.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1607 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1608
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1609 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1610 \subsection{Greek Ligatures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1611 \label{section greek ligatures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1612
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1613 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1614 Resolve letter variations silently. Resolve all ligatures and type §{§ and §}§ around them. If a ligature contains some diacritics, type them.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1615 \end{mainrule}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1616
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 \begin{clarification}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1618 The acute accent above §ι§, e.g. in §{τί}§, may be vertical; in this case type it as an acute accent. In some ligatures the accent is not above the correct character; type the accent above the vowel (§α§, §ε§, §η§, §ι§, §ο§, §υ§, §ω§), e.g. §{μέν}§. In two-letter ligatures of two vowels, type the accent above the second letter, e.g. §{οὕ}§. In some ligatures the accent is not clearly visible; if the resolved version in the list contains an accent, type it. In Greek texts, the circumflex has two shapes (circumflex~§^§ and tilde~§~§); always type it as normal circumflex. Type the end-sigma §ς§ directly, i.e. do not treat it as a letter variation.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 \end{clarification}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1620
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1621 \newcommand{\phlk}[1]{\textphlk{\LARGE #1}}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1622 \newcommand{\phlktbl}[1]{\textphlk{\LARGE #1} & §\{#1\}§}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1623
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1624 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1625 \begin{liste}[ 1: \, letter variations]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1626
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1627 \vspace{-3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1628 \begin{tabular}{ccccc}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1629 {\Large ϐ} && {\Large ϖ} && {\fontspec{Rgreekl2} \large õ} \\[2mm] % U+03D0, U+03D6
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1630 §β§ && §π§ && §τ§ \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1631 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1632 \end{liste}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1633
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1634 \begin{liste}[ 2: \, two-letter ligatures]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1635
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1636 \phlk{αι} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ai} §{αι}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1637 \phlk{ἀν} §{ἀν}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1638 \phlk{αύ} §{αύ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1639
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1640 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{gE} §{γη}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1641 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{gr} §{γρ}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1642 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{gO} §{γω}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1643
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1644 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{di_A} §{δί}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1645 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{do} §{δο}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1646 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{dr} §{δρ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1647
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1648 \phlk{ει} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ei} §{ει}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1649 \phlk{εῖ} \, {\fontspec{Rgreekl2} \Large Ƭ} §{εῖ}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1650 \phlk{εν} §{εν}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1651 \phlk{ευ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{eu} §{ευ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1652
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1653 \phlk{ην} §{ην}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1654 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{En_G} §{ὴν}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1655
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1656 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tha} §{θα}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1657 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{the} §{θε}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1658
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1659 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ko} §{κο}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1660
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1661 \phlk{λλ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ll} §{λλ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1662
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1663 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{mo} §{μο}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1664
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1665 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{pa} §{πα}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1666 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{po} §{πο}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1667 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{p-} §{πτ}§ \\
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1668
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1669 %\phlk{έξ} \phlk{ἒξ} §{όξ}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1670 \phlk{όξ} \phlk{ὄξ} §{όξ}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1671 \phlk{ου} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ou} §{ου}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1672
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1673 \phlk{ρί} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ri} §{ρι}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1674
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1675 \phlk{σθ} §{σθ}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1676 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{si} §{σι}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1677 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{sk} §{σκ}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1678 \phlk{σσ} §{σσ}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1679 \phlk{στ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{st} §{στ}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1680 \phlk{σχ} §{σχ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1681
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1682 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ta} §{τα}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1683 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{te} §{τε}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1684 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ti} §{τι}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1685 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{ti_A} §{τί}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1686 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{to} §{το}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1687 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tr} §{τρ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1688
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1689 \phlk{υν} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{un} §{υν}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1690
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1691 \phlk{χρ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{chr} §{χρ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1692
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1693 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{psi} §{ψι}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1694
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1695 \end{liste}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1696
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1697
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1698 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1699 Some two-letter ligatures have different shapes within a word and as a separate word, e.g. §{εν}§ as a two-letter ligature (table 2) and §{ἐν}§ as a word ligature (table 4).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1700 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1701
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1702
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1703 \begin{liste}[ 3: \, ligatures of three or more letters]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1704
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1705 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{men} §{μεν}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1706 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{men_A} §{μέν}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1707
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1708 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{pro} §{προ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1709
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1710 \phlk{στί} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{sti} §{στι}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1711 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{sto} §{στο}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1712
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1713 \end{liste}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1714
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1715
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1716 \begin{liste}[ 4: \, word ligatures]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1717
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1718 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{apo_SL_G} §{ἀπὸ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1719
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1720 \phlk{γάρ} §{γὰρ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1721
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1722 \phlk{δια} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{dia_G} §{διὰ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1723
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1724 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{en_SL} §{ἐν}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1725 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{epi_SL_G} §{ἐπὶ}§ \\
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1726
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1727 \phlk{καὶ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{kai_G} \,
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1728 \phlk{κι} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{and} §{καὶ}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1729 \phlk{κατὰ} §{κατὰ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1730
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1731 \phlk{μετὰ} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{meta_G} §{μετὰ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1732
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1733 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tEn_G} §{τὴν}§ \quad
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1734 \phlk{τῶν} \includegraphics[height=6mm]{tOn_C} §{τῶν}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1735
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1736 \includegraphics[height=6mm]{upo_SA_G} §{ὑπὸ}§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1737
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1738 \end{liste}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1739
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1740
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1741 \begin{sampleImage}{greek_text_with_ligatures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1742 \begin{typeGreek}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1743 \bold{<h>}Πάππ\li{ου} τ\li{οῦ} Αλεξαν\li{δρ}έως Σ\li{υν}α\li{γω}\li{γῆ}ς \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1744 ἕβ\li{δο}\li{μο}ν.\bold{</h>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1745 \bold{<p>}Πε\li{ρι}έχ\li{ει} δὲ λήμμα\li{τα} τ\li{οῦ} ἀναλυο\li{μέν}\li{ου} \li{τό}\li{πο}υ.\bold{</p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1746 \bold{<p>}Ο καλ\li{ού}\li{μεν}ος ἀναλυό\li{μεν}ος, Ερμόδωρε \li{τέ}κνον, \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1747 κα\li{τὰ} σύ\li{λλ}η\li{ψι}ν ἰ\li{δί}α \li{τί}ς ἐ\li{στι}ν ὕλη \li{πα}ρε\li{σκ}\li{ευ}ασ\li{μέν}η, \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1748 \li{μετὰ} τ\li{ὴν} \li{τῶν} \li{κο}ινῶν \li{στο}ιχ\li{εί}ων \li{πο}ίη\li{σι}ν, \li{το}ῖς β\li{ου}λομένοις \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1749 \someText\bold{</p>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1750 \end{typeGreek}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1751 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1752
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1753
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1754
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1755 \section{Fraktur}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1756 \label{section fraktur}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1757
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1758 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1759 \subsection{Alphabet}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1760 \label{section fraktur alphabet}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1761
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1762 %(Note: This font ist Walden's recreation of Breitkopf Fraktur. As soon as I can use it with XeTeX, I will add a second Fraktur/Schwabacher font, probably Unger Fraktur. Variations: slimmer letters, umlaut with normal dots (ö) or lines (ő), proper capital umlauts (Breitkopf uses Ae where the letters are closer than normal A and e, etc.), capital J. Letter variation z with and without closed circle. Or is a second font unnecessary? An alternative would be to include real examples in different Fraktur fonts, for instance in the “alphabet” subsection, or even Special Instructions for \emph{each} text in Fraktur, which only shows a few lines of text plus transcription.)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1763
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1764 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1765 Mark single words or lines in Fraktur by §<fr> </fr>§. Mark paragraphs in Fraktur by §<p fr>§. Mark whole pages in Fraktur by §<pb fr>§. If the whole book is in Fraktur or mostly in Fraktur, simply type §<fr>§ at the beginning of the text before the first §<pb>§ tag. Type letters in Fraktur as normal roman characters.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1766 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1767
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1768 \vspace{2mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1769 \begin{tabelle}[: \, Fraktur alphabet]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1770 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c@{ }c} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1771 small letters & \fraktur{a} & \fraktur{b} & \fraktur{c} & \fraktur{d} & \fraktur{e} & \fraktur{f} & \fraktur{g} & \fraktur{h} & \fraktur{i} & \fraktur{j} & \fraktur{k} & \fraktur{l} & \fraktur{m} & \fraktur{n} & \fraktur{o} & \fraktur{p} & \fraktur{q} & \fraktur{r} & \fraktur{s <} & \fraktur{t} & \fraktur{u} & \fraktur{v} & \fraktur{w} & \fraktur{x} & \fraktur{y} & \fraktur{z} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1772 & §a§ & §b§ & §c§ & §d§ & §e§ & §f§ & §g§ & §h§ & §i§ & §j§ & §k§ & §l§ & §m§ & §n§ & §o§ & §p§ & §q§ & §r§ & §$§ §s§ & §t§ & §u§ & §v§ & §w§ & §x§ & §y§ & §z§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1773 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1774 capital letters & \fraktur{A} & \fraktur{B} & \fraktur{C} & \fraktur{D} & \fraktur{E} & \fraktur{F} & \fraktur{G} & \fraktur{H} & \fraktur{I} && \fraktur{K} & \fraktur{L} & \fraktur{M} & \fraktur{N} & \fraktur{O} & \fraktur{P} & \fraktur{Q} & \fraktur{R} & \fraktur{S} & \fraktur{T} & \fraktur{U} & \fraktur{V} & \fraktur{W} & \fraktur{X} & \fraktur{Y} & \fraktur{Z} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1775 & §A§ & §B§ & §C§ & §D§ & §E§ & §F§ & §G§ & §H§ & §I§ && §K§ & §L§ & §M§ & §N§ & §O§ & §P§ & §Q§ & §R§ & §S§ & §T§ & §U§ & §V§ & §W§ & §X§ & §Y§ & §Z§ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1776 \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1777 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1778 \end{tabelle}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1779
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1780 \begin{tabular}{@{}lccclc}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1781 umlaut \hspace{8mm} & \fraktur{ä} & \fraktur{ö} & \fraktur{ü} & \hspace{30mm} sharp s & \fraktur{ß} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1782 & §ä§ & §ö§ & §ü§ && §ß§ \\[1mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1783 & \xs{U+00E4} & \xs{U+00F6} & \xs{U+00FC} && \xs{U+00DF} \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1784 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1785
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1786 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1787 Umlaut may also be indicated by two dots above the letter as in normal roman font: \,\textswab{\Large "a "o "u}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1788 \end{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1789
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1790 \begin{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1791 If a paragraph in Fraktur contains single words in roman characters, they are marked by §<rom> </rom>§ (see \sect{section words in roman characters})
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1792 \end{crossref}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1793
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1794
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1795 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1796 \subsection{Ligatures}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1797
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1798 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1799 Resolve common Fraktur ligatures silently.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1800 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1801
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1802 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1803 \begin{tabelle}[: \, common Fraktur ligatures]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1804 \begin{tabular}{@{}lccccccccccc} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1805 separate & \fraktur{ff} & \fraktur{fi} & \fraktur{fl} & \fraktur{ft} & \fraktur{ss} & \fraktur{sf} & \fraktur{si} & \fraktur{st} & \fraktur{ch} & \fraktur{ck} & \fraktur{tz} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1806 ligatures & \fraktur{\tld} & \fraktur{[} & \fraktur{\{} & \fraktur{\_} & \fraktur{\%} & \fraktur{]} & \fraktur{\}} & \fraktur{|} & \fraktur{\#} & \fraktur{\$} & \fraktur{@} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1807 & §ff§ & §fi§ & §fl§ & §ft§ & §$$§ & §$f§ & §$i§ & §$t§ & §ch§ & §ck§ & §tz§ \\ \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1808 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1809 \end{tabelle}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1810
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1811 %(Lichtenberg 1803: additional ligature ll would be a Special Instruction)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1812
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1813 %(Does it make sense at all to list additional ligatures, e.g. §{der}§? In the book where it is used it is very common, although the normal §der§ is also used. But I have seen it only in this one book yet. Better as a Special Instruction?)
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1814
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1815
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1816 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1817 \subsection{Punctuation and Hyphens}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1818
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1819 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1820 The rules for punctuation, hyphens and dashes in \sect{section latin general} apply.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1821 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1822
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1823 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1824 The most common hyphen symbol in Fraktur is \fraktur{=}. It is also used in composite words. Do not type a space before or after the hyphen.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1825 \end{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1826
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1827
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1828 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1829 \begin{example}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1830
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1831 \vspace{-3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1832 \fraktur{Prie|er {\huge =} Despotie} \qquad \fraktur{.\, ,\, :\, ;\, !\, ?\, ( )}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 \begin{typeLatin}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1834 Prie$ter-De$potie . , : ; ! ? ( )
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 \end{typeLatin}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1836
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 \end{example}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1838
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1839 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1840 \subsection{Example Transcriptions of Text in Fraktur}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1841
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1842 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1]{width=12cm}{bernstein1216_672}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1843 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1844 \bold{<p fr>}Newton hat aber noch mehr entdeckt. Er hat durch Rech- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1845 nungen nachgewie$en, daß man genau aus der Umlaufszeit \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1846 eines Planeten bewei$en kann, wie $tark die Anziehungskraft \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1847 der Sonne auf ihn wirkt. I$t nämlich die Anziehungskraft \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1848 $tark, $o wird $ein Umlauf $chnell $ein; i$t die Anziehungs- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1849 kraft $chwach, $o wird ein Planet lang$amer um die Sonne \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1850 laufen.\bold{</p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1851 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1852 \end{sampleImageSmall}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1853
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1854 %\mehrzeilen
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1855
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1856 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2]{width=12cm}{adams_29}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1857 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1858 \bold{<p fr>}Der innere we$entliche Unter$chied zwi$chen elektri- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1859 $chen und nicht-elektri$chen Körpern gehört zu den noch \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1860 unentdeckten Geheimni$$en der Natur. Nur $oviel i$t \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1861 ausgemacht, daß das leitende Vermögen der Körter eini- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1862 germaßen von der Wärme abhängt, oder durch die$elbe \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1863 verändert wird. Glas, Harz und viele andere elektrische \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1864 Körper werden durch die Hitze in Leiter verwandlet; da \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1865 hingegen die Kälte, wenn nur keine Feuchtigkeit dabey \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1866 i$t, alle elektri$che Sub$tanzen noch $tärker elektri$ch \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1867 macht.\bold{</p>} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1868 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1869 \end{sampleImageSmall}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1870
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1871 \begin{sampleImage}[3]{cardano_226}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1872 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1873 \bold{<p fr>}Die weil aber nitt geleich volget wann $ie geberen/ daß $ie auch einerley \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1874 thier $eyend/ als in den ro$$en vnd e$$len be$chicht/ wöllen wir l\li{uo}gen ob die \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1875 $o gehoren $eind/ etwas verletzet werden/ wie die maul thier. Dañ $ie werden \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1876 auß zweyerley arten geboren. Wölche aber wider geberen/ die $eind auß ge \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1877 leicher art geboren/ als auß einem hund vnd fuchs. Wir mü$$end auch die \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1878 be$ondere würckungen ergründen/ als wann ein hund ein be$ondere nei- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1879 gung z\li{uo} dem menschen/ daß roß hatt $ein be$onder ge$chrey/ der pfauw ri- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1880 chtet $ein $chwantz auff in ein ring/ der men$ch i$t allein mitt vernunfft be- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1881 gabt.\bold{</p>}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1882 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1883 \end{sampleImage}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1884
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1885 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1886 The last example has a few peculiarities: There is a letter variation of the letter r in “gehoren” in the third line. The text contains both \textswab{\Large *u} and \textswab{\Large "u}, which are both transcribed as §ü§, whereas the “u with o above” is transcribed as §{uo}§. The slash “§/§” stands for the comma, thus there is a space after §/§ but no space before §/§ in the transcription.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1887 \end{note}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1888
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1889
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1890 %\tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1891 %\subsection{Type Styles}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1892
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1893 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1894 \subsection{Sperrung}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1895 \label{section sperrung}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1896
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 \begin{mainrule}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1898 Words or groups of words in Sperrung, i.e. words with extra space between each letter, are marked by §<sp> </sp>§.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1899 \end{mainrule}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1900
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 \begin{clarification}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1902 Do not type the spaces in the words in Sperrung.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1903 \end{clarification}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1904
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1905 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1906 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=12cm}{sperrung}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1907 \begin{typeLatin}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1908 \bold{<p fr>}Das Mei$terwerk, das der Men$ch mit zur Welt bringt, \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1909 i$t das \bold{<sp>}Auge\bold{</sp>}; das Kun$twerk, das er dem Auge ähnlich her- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1910 vorbringt, i$t die \bold{<sp>}Kamera-Obscura\bold{</sp>}. Wir wollen $ie nun \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1911 beide näher kennen lernen, um $ie vergleichend neben einander \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1912 $tellen zu können.\bold{<p fr>}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 \end{typeLatin}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1914 \end{sampleImageSmall}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1915
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1916 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1917 \subsection{Words in Roman Characters}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1918 \label{section words in roman characters}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1919
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 \begin{mainrule}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1921 Within a paragraph or whole page in Fraktur, single words in roman characters are marked by §<rom> </rom>§. A whole paragraph in roman characters is marked by §<p rom>§.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 \end{mainrule}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1923
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 \begin{clarification}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1925 Words in Greek are not explicitly marked.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 \end{clarification}
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1927
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1928 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1929 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{width=8cm}{rom_tag_3}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 \begin{typeLatin}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1931 \bold{<p fr>}Blume der Wie$en-Salbei \bold{<rom>}(Salvia \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1932 pratensis)\bold{</rom>} $chwach vergrößert.\bold{</p>} \\
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 \end{typeLatin}
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1934 \end{sampleImageSmall}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1935
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1936
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1937 \section{Mathematics}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1938
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1939 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1940 \subsection{Mathematical Symbols}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1941 \label{section mathematical symbols}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1942
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1943 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1944 Type common mathematical symbol directly as Unicode characters.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1945 \end{mainrule}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1946
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1947 \begin{tabelle}[: \, common mathematical symbols]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1948 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1949 symbol & ′ & ″ & ± & \unicode{∴} & ° & ∞ & · & ÷ & √ & Ŗ \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1950 Unicode & \xs{U+2032} & \xs{U+2033} & \xs{U+00B1} & \xs{U+2234} & \xs{U+00B0} & \xs{U+221E} & \xs{U+00F7} & \xs{U+00B7} & \xs{U+221A} & \xs{U+0156} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1951 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1952 \end{tabelle}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1953
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1954 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1955 Type the Greek punctuation mark §·§ directly as Unicode character U+0387 (see \sect{section greek punctuation}).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1956 \end{note}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1957
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1958 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1959 \subsection{Fractions}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1960 \label{section fractions}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1961
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1962 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1963 Type fractions in one line. Use § { / } § to mark beginning, fraction line and ending.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1964 \end{mainrule}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1965
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1966 \begin{sampleImageSmall}{height=15mm}{fraction}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1967
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1968 \begin{typeMath}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1969 à 3 \{1417203/9999999\}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1970 \end{typeMath}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1971
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1972 If you are unsure whether this is a single fraction $\frac{1417203}{9999999}$, type it as separate fractions:
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1973
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1974 \begin{typeMath}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1975 à 3 \{1/9\} \{4/9\} \{1/9\} \{7/9\} \{2/9\} \{0/9\} \{3/9\}.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1976 \end{typeMath}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1977
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1978 \end{sampleImageSmall}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1979
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1980
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1981 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1982 \subsection{Roots}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1983 \label{section roots}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1984
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1985 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1986 Roots are marked by §<r>§. If there is a number or letter above the root symbol, type it within the §<r>§ tag, e.g. §<r 3>§.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1987 \end{mainrule}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1988
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1989 \begin{clarification}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1990 Roots consist of a root symbol followed by an overlined mathematical term. The overline may or may not be connected to the root symbol.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1991 \end{clarification}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1992
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1993 %Examples: roots with connected line, with unconnected line, without line (i.e. naked root symbol): e.g. Musschenbroek 1729, p.0624. Third root.
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
1994
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1995 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1996 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[1]{width=10cm}{root_huygens2_218}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1997 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1998 \bold{<r>_}mm\bold{_} - \bold{_}o x\bold{_} + \bold{\{} \bold{_}ppxx\bold{_} / \bold{_}gg\bold{_ \}</r>}, ut oportebat. \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
1999 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2000 \end{sampleImageSmall}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2001
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2002 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2003 \begin{sampleImageSmall}[2]{width=5cm}{root_belidor_p161}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2004 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2005 MP = y = \bold{\{ <r>}b\bold{</r>} b; \bold{/} 2 \bold{\}} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2006 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2007 \end{sampleImageSmall}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2008
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2009 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2010 if the overline is missing, apply the root only to the character next to the root symbol.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2011 \end{note}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2012
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2013 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2014 \begin{sampleImage}[3]{root_musschen_625}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2015 \begin{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2016 cetur A D aut D B, \bold{_}r\bold{_}. B G $it = \bold{_}x\bold{_}. eritque F G<^>q</^> = 2 \bold{_}r x\bold{_} - \bold{_}x x\bold{_}, unde \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2017 Cubus F G = \bold{<r>}2 \bold{_}rx\bold{_} - \bold{_}xx\bold{_}\bold{</r>} \bold{<001>} \bold{<r>}2 \bold{_}rx\bold{_} - \bold{_}xx\bold{_}.\bold{</r>} & Cubus A D = \bold{_}r\bold{_}<^>3</^>. qua- \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2018 re Cohærentia ba$eos A D C e$t ad eam ba$eos F G E uti r<^>3</^> ad \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2019 \end{typeLatin}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2020 \end{sampleImage}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2021
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2022 \begin{note}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2023 if the root symbol is missing, use §<r>§ only if you are sure that it is indeed a root. Otherwise use §<ol> </ol>§ (see \sect{section underlines and overlines}).
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2024 \end{note}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2025
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2026
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2027 \section{Miscellaneous Symbols}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2028
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2029 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2030 \subsection{Astronomy and Astrology}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2031 \label{section astronomy}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2032
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2033 %\tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2034 %\subsection{Astronomical Symbols}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2035 %\label{section astronomical symbols}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2036
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2037 \begin{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2038 Type common astronomical symbols directly as Unicode characters.
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2039 \end{mainrule}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2040
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2041 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2042 \begin{tabelle}[ 1: \, planet symbols]
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2043
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2044 \vspace{-7mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2045 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2046 symbol & \unicode{☿} & \unicode{♀} & \unicode{♁} & \unicode{♂} & \unicode{♃} & \unicode{♄} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2047 Unicode & \xs{U+263F} & \xs{U+2640} & \xs{U+2641} & \xs{U+2642} & \xs{U+2643} & \xs{U+2644} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2048 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2049 \end{tabelle}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2050
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2051 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2052 \begin{tabelle}[ 2: \, zodiac symbols]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2053
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2054 \vspace{-7mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2055 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2056 symbol & \unicode{♈} & \unicode{♉} & \unicode{♊} & \unicode{♋} & \unicode{♌} & \unicode{♍} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2057 Unicode & \xs{U+2648} & \xs{U+2649} & \xs{U+264A} & \xs{U+264B} & \xs{U+264C} & \xs{U+264D} \\[4mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2058 symbol & \unicode{♎} & \unicode{♏} & \unicode{♐} & \unicode{♑} & \unicode{♒} & \unicode{♓} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2059 Unicode & \xs{U+264E} & \xs{U+264F} & \xs{U+2650} & \xs{U+2651} & \xs{U+2652} & \xs{U+2653} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2060 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2061 \end{tabelle}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2062
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2063 \tocspace
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2064 \subsection{Technical Symbols}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2065 \label{section technical symbols}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2066
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2067 \vspace{3mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2068 \begin{tabelle}[: \, technical symbols]
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2069
10
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2070 \vspace{-7mm}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2071 \begin{tabular}{@{}lc@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c@{\, }c} \\
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2072 symbol & \unicode{℞} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2073 Unicode & \xs{U+211E} \\[2mm]
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2074 \end{tabular}
d7b79f6537bb Version vom 2009-02-14
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents: 8
diff changeset
2075 \end{tabelle}
8
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2076
Klaus Thoden <kthoden@mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de>
parents:
diff changeset
2077